annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 27308:f12bf5a9aa21

*** empty log message ***
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Wed, 12 Jan 2000 13:58:19 +0000
parents 7e06ce5ebfe3
children a9e8dcb78b6c
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 ;; Keywords: internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 ;; any later version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^ ]* " "\\1"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
60 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
61
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
63 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
66 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
68 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
69 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
70 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
71 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
82
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
85
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
88
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
91 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
92
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
95
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
100
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
102
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
104 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
108 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
109 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
110 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
111 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
112 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
128 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
150 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
155 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
156
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
157 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
158
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
159 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
160 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
162
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
163 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
164 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
171 ;;;;;; (14439 22994))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
206 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
208 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
211 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
214 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
256 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 ;;;;;; 19111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
276 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
277 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
281 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
289 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
294 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
327 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
342 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
347 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14367 2123))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
366 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
367 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
369
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
371 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
372 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
373
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
374 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
375 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
376 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
377
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
378 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
379
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
383 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14432 37852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
425 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
426 ;;;;;; 46662))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
429 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
430 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
431
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
432 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
433
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
471 ;;;;;; 32602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
489 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 Variables you assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 Variables which are calculated:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
558 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
559 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
586 ;;;;;; (14292 6861))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
590 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
593 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
598 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
611 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
612 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
613 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
614
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
615 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
622 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
640 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14405 19084))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
643 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
644 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
645
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
646 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
647 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
648
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
671 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
672 ;;;;;; 35271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
703 ;;;;;; 39413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
718 ;;;;;; (13607 52347))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
741 ;;;;;; (14422 6607))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
746 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
758 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14410
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
759 ;;;;;; 26437))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
864 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
986 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14419 37278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1246 ;;;;;; (14345 52902))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1435 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1446 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1447 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14440 44552))
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1449
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1450 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1451 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1452 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1453 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1454
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1455 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1456 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1457 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1458 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1459
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1460 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1461 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1462
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1463 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1464 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1465 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1466 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1467 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1468 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1469 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1470
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1471 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1472 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1473 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1474 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1475 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1476
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1477 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1478
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14432 37858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1558 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1577 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1578 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1579 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1580 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1581 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1582 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1583 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
1584 ;;;;;; (14393 15630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1625 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1626 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1627 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1628
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1696 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1697 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1698
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1699 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1700
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1701 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1702
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1703 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1704
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1842 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 59474))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2057 ;;;;;; (14419 59475))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 59471))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2178 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2179
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2180 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2181 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2182 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2183 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2184 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2185
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2186 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2187 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2188 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2204 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2205 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2206
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2207 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2208
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 59473))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2218 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2219 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2228 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
2274 ;;;;;; (14412 8749))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2409 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2438 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 \\{command-history-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
2470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14432 37868))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2486 ;;;;;; (14344 26818))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2494 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2512 ;;;;;; 34340))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2528 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2573 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2574 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14411 62961))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2595 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2596 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2597 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2598
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2599 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2600
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2601 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2602 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2603 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2604
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2605 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2606
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2607 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2608 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2609 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2610 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2611
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2612 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2613 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2614 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2615 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2616
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2620 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
2643 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2675 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2717 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2718 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2774 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2799 ;;;;;; (13884 8101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2807 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2808 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2809 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
2810 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2811 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2812
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2813 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2814 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2815 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2816 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2817 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2818
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2819 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2820
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2821 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2822 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2823 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2824 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2825 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2826 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2827 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2828 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2829 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2830
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2831 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2832 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2833 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2834 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2835 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2836
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2837 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2838 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2839 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2840
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2841 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2842 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2843 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2844 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2845 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2846 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2847 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2848 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2849 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2850 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2851
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2852 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2853 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2854
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2855 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2856
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2857 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2858 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2859
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2860 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2861 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2862
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2863 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2864 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2865
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2866 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2867
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2868 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2869 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2870 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2871 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2872
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2873 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2874 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2875 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2876
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2877 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2879 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2880
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2881 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2882 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2883
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2884 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2885 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2886
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2887 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2888 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2889
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2890 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2891 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2892
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2893 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2894 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2895 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2896
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2897 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2898 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2899 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2900
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2901 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2902 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2903 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2904
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2905 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2906 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2907
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2908 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2909 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2910 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2911 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2912 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2913 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2914 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2915 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2916
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2917 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2918 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2919
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2920 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2921 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2922
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2923 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2924 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2925
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2926 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2927 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2928
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2929 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2930
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2931 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2932 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2933
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2934 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2935 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2936 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2937
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2938 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2939
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2941
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2942 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2943 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2944 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2946 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2947
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2948 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2949 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2950
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2951 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2952 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2953
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2954 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2955 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2956 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2957 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2958 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2959
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2960 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2961 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2962
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2963 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2964 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2965
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2966 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2967 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2968 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2969 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2970 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2971 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2972 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2973 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2974
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2975 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2976 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2977 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2978 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2979
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2980 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2981
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2982 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2983
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2984 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2985 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2986 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2988 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2989 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2990 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2991 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2993
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2994 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2995 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2996 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2997
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2998 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2999 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3000 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3001
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3002 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3003
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3005 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3027 ;;;;;; (13940 33533))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3043 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 ;;;;;; (13826 9909))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3229 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3258 ;;;;;; (14419 37278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3269 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3270
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3271 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3286 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3287
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3288 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3302 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3303
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3304 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3391 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3392
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3393 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3394 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3395 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3396 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3410 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3417 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14398 37486))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3427 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3431 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3437 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3438 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3440
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3441 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3442 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3443
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3444 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3445 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3446 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3447
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3448 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3449
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3450 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3451 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3452
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3453 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3454 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3455
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3456 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3457 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3458
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3459 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3460
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3461 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3462
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3466 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3498 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 ;;;;;; 39004))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
3666 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14432 49602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3695 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3719 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3720 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3722
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3723 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3724 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3725
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3726 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3727
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3728 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3729 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3730
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3731 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3732
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3733 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3734
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3736 ;;;;;; 16343))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3738
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3739 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3740 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3741 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3742 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3743 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3744 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3745
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3746 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3747
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3748 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3749
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3750 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3751 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3752 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3753 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3754 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3755 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3756 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3757 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3758 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3759 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3760 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3761 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3762 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3763 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3764 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3765 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3766 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3767
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3768 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3769
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3770 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3771 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3772 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3773 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3774 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3775 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3776 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3777 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3778
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3779 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3780 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3781
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3782 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3783
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3785 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3813 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 The arguments to this command are as follow:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3822 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3823 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 hooks for the new mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3837 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 (setq case-fold-search nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3848 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3856 ;;;;;; (13897 58892))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3877 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3884 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3885 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3888 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3889 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3892 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3893 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3897 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3898 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3899 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3902 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3905 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3909 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3934 ;;;;;; (14368 20503))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3969 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3992 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3993 ;;;;;; (14419 37278))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3994 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3995
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3996 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3997 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3998 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3999 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4000 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4001 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4002
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4003 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4004 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4005 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4006
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4007 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4008
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4013 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14425 19313))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4108 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4109 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4110 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4111 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4112 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4113 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4114 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4115 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4116 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4117 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14419 37278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4161 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4162 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4163 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4164
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4170 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4171
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4172 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4173 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4275 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4276 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4277 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4278 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4279 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4280 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4281 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4282 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4283
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4331 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14365 46253))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4362 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4378 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4447 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4452 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4474 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4475 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4478 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4479 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4481 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4482
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4483 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4484
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4485 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4486
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 ;;;;;; (14030 49072))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4513 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4514 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4517 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4518
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4519 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 Define a new minor mode MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4530 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4531 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4536 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4537 ;;;;;; 24854))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4575 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4611
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4613 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4643 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4644 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4645 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4646 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4647
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4648 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4649 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4650 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4658 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4681 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4691 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14402 39960))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4734 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4759 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4760 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4767 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4773 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4780 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4781 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4787 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4789 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4795 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4802 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4826 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4833 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4863 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4867 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4868 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4869 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4870 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4871 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4883 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4899
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4900 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4901
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4902 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4903
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4904 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4905
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4906 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4907
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4909 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4920 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4937 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4939 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4941 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4942 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4943 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4981 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4990 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14425
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
5055 ;;;;;; 19313))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5057
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5058 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5059 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5060
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5061 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5062 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5063
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5064 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5065
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5066 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5067
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5069 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5079 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5112 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5125 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5177 ;;;;;; (14232 6060))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5195 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5200 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5201 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5238 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46723))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5468 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5624 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
5641 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14435 44141))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5678 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36751))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
5746 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14412 8701))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5876 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5913 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5951 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
5952 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5972 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
5995 ;;;;;; (14332 47759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6012 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 ;;;;;; (13937 22881))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6130 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6214 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6232 ;;;;;; (14218 4428))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6271 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6338 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6339 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6340 ;;;;;; (14424 65029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6401 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6402 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6423 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6424 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6425
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6426 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6427 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6428
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6438 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6439 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6440 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6441 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6443 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6444
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6445 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6446
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6447 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6448
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6450 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6455 ;;;;;; (14423 50991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14423
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6479 ;;;;;; 51009))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6481
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6482 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6483 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6484 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6485 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6486 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6487
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6488 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6489 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6490 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6491 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6492 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6493 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6494 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6495
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6496 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6497
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6499 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14410 18641))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6604 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6613 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6688 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 ;;;;;; (14030 49345))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 ;;;;;; 49350))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6744 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 ;;;;;; (14030 49385))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 ;;;;;; (14030 49391))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6779 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 ;;;;;; (14030 49414))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 ;;;;;; (14030 49416))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6821 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 ;;;;;; (14030 49464))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6841 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6861 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6887 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6899 ;;;;;; (14369 61755))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6945 ;;;;;; 23942))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6961 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6965 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6966
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6967 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6968 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6969 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6970 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6971
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6972 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6973
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6974 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6975 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6976 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6977 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6978 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6979
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6980 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6981
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6982 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6983 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7008 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7012 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7013 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7014 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7015 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7081 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7096 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 1648))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7099 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7100 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7101
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7145 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7146 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14440 46011))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7150 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7151
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7152 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7154 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7156
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7157 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7158 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7159
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7160 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7161 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7162
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7163 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7164 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7165 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7166 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7167 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7168
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7169 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7170 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7171
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7172 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7173 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7174
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7175 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7176 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7177 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7185 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see `run-hooks'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7188 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7189 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7202 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7205 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7206
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7306 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7307 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7359 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7360 ;;;;;; (14248 36723))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7362
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7363 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7364 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7365
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7366 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7367
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7368 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7369
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7370 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7371 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7372
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7373 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7374 Only useful with a windowing system.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7375 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7376 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7377
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7378 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7379
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7385 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7395 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7399 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7402 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7405 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7410 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14392 202))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7423 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7461 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7462 ;;;;;; (14430 3722))
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7464
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7465 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7466 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7467
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7468 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7469
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7470 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7471 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7472 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7473 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7474
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7475 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7476 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7477 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7478 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7479
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7480 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7481
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7482 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7483 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7484 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7485
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7486 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7487
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7488 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7489 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7490 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7491 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7492 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7493
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7494 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7495 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7496 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7497
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7498 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7499 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7500 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7501 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7502 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7503 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7504 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7505 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7506 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7507
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7508 3. Completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7509 ----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7510 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7511 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7512 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7513 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7514 upper case.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7515
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7516 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7517 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7518 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7519 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7520
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7521 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7522 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7523 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7524 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7525 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7526 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7527 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7528 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7529 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7530
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7531 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7532 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7533
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7534 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7535 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7536 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7537
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7538 5. Automatic Case Conversion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7539 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7540 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7541 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7542
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7543 6. Automatic END completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7544 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7545 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7546 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7547
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7548 7. Hooks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7549 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7550 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7551 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7552
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7553 8. Documentation and Customization
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7554 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7555 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7556 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7557 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7558 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7559 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7560
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7561 9. Keybindings
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7562 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7563 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7564 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7565 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7566
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7567 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7568
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7569 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7570
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlwave-shell" "progmodes/idlwave-shell.el"
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7572 ;;;;;; (14430 3857))
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave-shell.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7574
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7575 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlwave-shell" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7576 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7577 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7578 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7579
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7580 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7581 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7582 separate frames.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7583
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7584 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7585
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7586 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7587 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7588 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7589
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7591
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7592 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7593
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7594 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7606 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14345 52910))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7628 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7630 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7631 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7632 image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7637 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7641 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7642 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7646 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7674 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7775 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7776 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7777
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7778 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7779 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7780
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7781 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7782 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7783 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7784 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7785
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7786 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7787
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7788 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7789
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7815 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7816 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7869 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14412 8715))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7880 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7881 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7883 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7884 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7886 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7887 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7888 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7890 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7891 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7892 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7893 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7895 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7896 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7897 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7898 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7899 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7901 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7902 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7903 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7904 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7905 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7906 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7908 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7909 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7910 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7912 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7914 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7915 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7916 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7919 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7920 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7921 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7923 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7926 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7927 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7928 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7930 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7931
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7932 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7934 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7936 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7939 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7940
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7941 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7952 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7971 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7972 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7973 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7975 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7976 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7977 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7978 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7979 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7981 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7983 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7984 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7985 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7988 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7989 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7991 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7992 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7999 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8002 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8030 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8033 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8045 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8048 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8081 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8087 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8089 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8095 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8096 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8097 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8099 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8100 ;;;;;; (14440 46011))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8122 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8289 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8321 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14384 5216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8366 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8375 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8383 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8426 ;;;;;; (14275 59802))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8466 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8467 ;;;;;; (14440 46009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8469
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8470 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8471 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8473 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8474
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8475 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8476
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8477 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8494 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 ;;;;;; 39847))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8521 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8528 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8529 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8530
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8531 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8543 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8567 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8571 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8572 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8573 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
8574 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8580 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8581
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8582 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8583 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8584 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8585 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8586 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8587 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8588
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8589 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8590 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8591
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8592 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8593 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8594
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8595 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8596 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8597 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8598 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8599 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8600
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8601 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8602
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8606 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8666 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8695 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707 ;;;;;; 16173))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
8718 ;;;;;; (14396 4145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8722 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8723 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8726 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8727
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8728 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8729 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8734 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8735 ;;;;;; 46009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8771 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8772 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8773 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8776 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8777
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8778 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8779 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8780 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8781 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8782
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8783 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8784 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8785
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8786 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8787 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8790 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8791 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8792 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8795 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8796
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8797 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8798 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8799 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8800 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8801
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8802 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8803 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8804
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8805 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8806 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
8810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8834 ;;;;;; 30919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8845 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8926 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8946 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8952 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8972 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8973 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8974 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8975 ;;;;;; 33297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8985 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8986 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8987 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8988 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8989
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8990 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8991 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8992 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8993 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8994
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8995 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8996 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8997 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8998 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8999
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9010 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 ;;;;;; 15767))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9046 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9047 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9066 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9093 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9126 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9131 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9146 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9278 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9331 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9354 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9390 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14377 19689))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9448 ;;;;;; 9267))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9468
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14384 6048))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9483 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9486 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9487 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9488 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9489 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9515 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9545 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9585 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9593 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9614 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9615 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9617 ;;;;;; (14406 33729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9668 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9669 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9670
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 Display information of FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 contained in FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 o -- font already opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 - -- font not yet opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 x -- font can't be opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 ? -- no font specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9720 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9721 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9726 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9742 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9746 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9809 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9810
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9811 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 52298))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9813
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9814 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9815 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9816
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9817 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9818
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9820 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9822 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9853 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9854 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9855
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 ;;;;;; 49490))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 ;;;;;; (14030 49496))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 ;;;;;; (14030 49502))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 ;;;;;; (14030 49514))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9919 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9934 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956 ;;;;;; (13611 44372))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9969 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9981 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10002 ;;;;;; (14358 1330))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099 ;;;;;; (14045 29891))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10116 ;;;;;; (14249 42166))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10166 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10167 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10170 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10171 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10172 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10173 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10175 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10176
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10177 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10178
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10179 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10180
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10192 ;;;;;; 35958))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10243 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10254 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10259 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10326 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392 onto CCSO database field names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10406 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10486 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10499 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10524 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10525 ;;;;;; 3920))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10527
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10528 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10529 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10530
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10531 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10532
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10533 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10534 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10535
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10536 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10537 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10538 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10539 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10540 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10541 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10542 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10543 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10544 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10545 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10546 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10547
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10548 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10549
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10550
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10551 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10552
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10553
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10554 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10555 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10556 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10557
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10558 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10559
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10560
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10561 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10562 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10563 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10564 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10565 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10566 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10567
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10568 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10569
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10571 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10572 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10573 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14450 60461))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10576 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10577 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10578
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10579 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10580
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10581 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10582 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10583 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10584 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10585 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10586 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10587 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10588 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10589
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10590 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10591 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10592 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10593 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10594 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10595 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10596 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10597
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10598 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10599 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10600 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10601 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10602 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10603 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10604 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10605 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10606 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10607 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10608 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10609
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10610 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10611 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10612 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10613 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10614 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10615 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10616
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10617 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
10618
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10639 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10640 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10641
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10642 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10643 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10644
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10645 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10646
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10647 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10648
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10649 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10650
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10651 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10652 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10653
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
10669 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14423
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
10670 ;;;;;; 50877))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10674 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10707 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10708 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
10804 ;;;;;; (14423 51000))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10867 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10910
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10911 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10912 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10913
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10961 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14388 11354))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11007 ;;;;;; 16808))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11016 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11017 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14385 19861))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11019
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11020 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11021 Toggle recentf mode.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11022 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11023 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11024
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11025 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11026 were operated on recently." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11027
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11028 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11029 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11030
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11031 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11032 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11033
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11034 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11035
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11039 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11045 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11046
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11047 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11048 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11051 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11052 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11053 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11054 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11055
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11056 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11057 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11058 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11061 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11062 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11063
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11064 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11065 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11066 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11069 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11070 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11073 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11074
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11076 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11077
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11079 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11093 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11094
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11096 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11097
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11098 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11099 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11100 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11107 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11108
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11109 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11110 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11113 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11114
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11115 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11116 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11117 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11120 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11121 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11122
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11123 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11124 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11125 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11126
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11127 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11128
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11130 ;;;;;; (14425 19353))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11139 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11140 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11141
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11144 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11145 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11148 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11151 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11152 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11153 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11156 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11167 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11168
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11169 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11170 ;;;;;; (14425 19348))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11172
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11173 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11182 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11183
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11185 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11186 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11187 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11189 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11190 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11194 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11195
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11196 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11197 ;;;;;; (14425 19352))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11199
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11200 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11201 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11202 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11203
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11204 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11205 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11206 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11207
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11208 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11209
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11210 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11211 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11212 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11213 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11214 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11215
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11216 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11217 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11218
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11219 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11220
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11221 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11222
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11223 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11224
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11225 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11226
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11228 ;;;;;; (14334 30885))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11241 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11242 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11246 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11267 ;;;;;; (14356 24489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11270 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11271 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11272
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11273 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11274 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11275 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11276
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11277 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11278 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11279 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11280 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11281 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11282
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11283 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11284 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11285
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11286 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11287 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11288 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11289 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11294 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11329 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11388 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14384 6041))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11563 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11573 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11589 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11593 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11596 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11601 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11613 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11667 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11668 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11706 ;;;;;; (14419 37963))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11722 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11723 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11724 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11754 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11780 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11784 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11791 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11794 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11797 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11799 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11800 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11803 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11806 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
11811 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
11816 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
11829 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
11834 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11844 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 ;;;;;; (14030 49534))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11858 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11859 ;;;;;; 56615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11864 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11872 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11873 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11884 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11885 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11897 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11898 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11899
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11900 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11901 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11902 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11903 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11904
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11905 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11906 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11907 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11908
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11909 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11910 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11981 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11991 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12060 ;;;;;; (14363 23788))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12122 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12154 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12155 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12156 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12157 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12158 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12159 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12160 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12161
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12162
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12163 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12186 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12231 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12278 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12330 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12354 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12439 ;;;;;; 42981))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12441
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12442 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12443 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12444 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12445
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12446 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12447
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12449 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12473 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12480 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12489 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12490 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12491 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12493 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12494 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12495 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12498 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12499 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12567 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12642 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12763 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12784 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12813 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12825 ;;;;;; (14395 64704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12829 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12876 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12907 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12921 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12993 ;;;;;; (14385 23496))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13041 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13049 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13071 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13073
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13074 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13075 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13076 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13077 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13078 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13079 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13080
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13081 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13082 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13083 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13084 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13085 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13086
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13087 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13088 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13089 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13090 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13091 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13092 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13093 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13094 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13095 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13096 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13097 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13098 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13099 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13100 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13101 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13102
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13103 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13104 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13105 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13106 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13108 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13109 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13110
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13111 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13112 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13113 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13114 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13115
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13116 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13117 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13118 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13119
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13120 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13121
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13142 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13143 ;;;;;; 17354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13161 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13162 ;;;;;; 10588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13227 ;;;;;; (14365 35043))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13320 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13475 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13509 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13583 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13631 ;;;;;; (14423 51008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13650 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13651 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13652 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13653 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13654 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13655
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13656 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13661 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13691 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13692 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13693 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13694 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13699 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13703 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13704 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13705
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13706 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13707 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13708 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13711 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13714 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13715
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13716 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13717
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13718 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13719
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13720 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13724 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13736 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13737 ;;;;;; (14357 30900))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13739
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13740 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13741 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13742 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13743 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13744 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13745 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13746
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13747 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13748 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13749 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13750 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13751 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13752 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13753
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13754 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13755
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13756 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13757 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13760 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13761 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13763 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13764
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13765 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13766
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13767 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13768
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13791 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13795 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13807 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13808 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13809 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13819 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13876 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13895 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13928 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13929 ;;;;;; (14268 20081))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13936 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13937 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13939 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13940
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13941 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13942
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13943 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13944
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13945 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13946
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13948 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13961 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13975 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13987 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14013 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14057 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14204 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14221 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14236 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14252 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14258 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14281 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14406
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14282 ;;;;;; 32852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14293 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14301 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14305 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14306 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14308 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14309 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14310 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14311 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14312 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14324 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14330 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14331 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14332 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14333 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14336 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14339 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14340 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14341 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14342 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14343 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14344 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14349 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14354 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14358 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14359 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14361 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14362 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14366 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14375 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14434 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14531 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14572 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14762 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14795 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14796 ;;;;;; 21984))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14882 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14906 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14974 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14979 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14982 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14985 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14988 ;;;;;; (14367 2196))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14991 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14993 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14999
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15003 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15004 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15006 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15007 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15009 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15010 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15012 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15014 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15015 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15016 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15018 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15019 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15039 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15040 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15041 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14364 19255))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15042 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15043
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15044 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15045 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15046
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15047 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15048 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15049 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15050 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15051 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15052
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15053 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15054 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15055 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15056 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15057
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15058 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15059 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15060
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15061 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15062 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15063
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15064 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15065 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15066
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15067 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15068 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15069
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15070 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15071 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15072
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15073 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15074 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15075
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15076 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15077 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15078 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15079 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15080 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15081 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15082
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15083 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15084
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15085 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15086 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15087
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15088 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15089 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15090 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15091 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15092 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15093
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15094 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15095 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15096
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15097 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15098 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15099 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15100 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15101
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15102 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15103 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15104 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15105
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15106 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15107 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15108 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15109 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15110 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15111 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15112 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15113 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15114
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15115 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15116 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15117
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15118 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15119 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15120 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15121
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15122 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15123
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15125 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15144 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14376 9418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 Create widget of TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15161 ;;;;;; (14304 12320))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 Toggle winner-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 Toggle Winner mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15180 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15217 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15234 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15235 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15236 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15237 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15238 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15239 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15267 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 ;;;;;; 31262))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15304 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15323 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15329 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15330 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15331
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15332 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15333
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15334 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15335 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15336
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15337 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here